blob: 68ca6c47c8f1a456c42027a2a2d16b1e709dabdb [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
28#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
30#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000031#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Davide Italiano81a26da2017-04-27 23:09:01 +000032#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Hiroshi Inoue48e4c7a2017-12-01 06:05:05 +000033#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000034#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000035#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +000041#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000042#include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000043#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000044#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
David Blaikie31b98d22018-06-04 21:23:21 +000045#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Nico Weber432a3882018-04-30 14:59:11 +000046#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000047#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
49#include "llvm/IR/ConstantFolder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000050#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000051#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000052#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000053#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfoMetadata.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000054#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000055#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
56#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
57#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
58#include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000059#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000060#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000061#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
62#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000063#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
64#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000065#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000066#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000067#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
68#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000069#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000070#include "llvm/IR/PassManager.h"
71#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
72#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
73#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
74#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000075#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000076#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000077#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000078#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000079#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
80#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000081#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000082#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000083#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000084#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +000085#include <algorithm>
86#include <cassert>
87#include <chrono>
88#include <cstddef>
89#include <cstdint>
90#include <cstring>
91#include <iterator>
92#include <string>
93#include <tuple>
94#include <utility>
95#include <vector>
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000096
Hal Finkel29f51312016-03-28 11:13:03 +000097#ifndef NDEBUG
98// We only use this for a debug check.
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000099#include <random>
100#endif
101
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000102using namespace llvm;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000103using namespace llvm::sroa;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000104
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +0000105#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
106
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000107STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +0000108STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +0000109STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
110STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
111STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +0000112STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
113STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000114STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +0000115STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
116STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000117
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +0000118/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
119/// instability in their order.
120static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
121 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
122
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000123/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
124/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000125static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
126 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000127
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000128namespace {
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000129
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000130/// A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names, but only in
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +0000131/// Assert builds.
Mehdi Aminiba9fba82016-03-13 21:05:13 +0000132class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000133 std::string Prefix;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000134
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +0000135 const Twine getNameWithPrefix(const Twine &Name) const {
136 return Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name;
137 }
138
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000139public:
140 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
141
142protected:
143 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
144 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +0000145 IRBuilderDefaultInserter::InsertHelper(I, getNameWithPrefix(Name), BB,
146 InsertPt);
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000147 }
148};
149
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000150/// Provide a type for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000151using IRBuilderTy = IRBuilder<ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter>;
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000152
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000153/// A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000154///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000155/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
156/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
157/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
158/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
159class Slice {
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000160 /// The beginning offset of the range.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000161 uint64_t BeginOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000162
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000163 /// The ending offset, not included in the range.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000164 uint64_t EndOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000165
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000166 /// Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000167 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000168 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000169
170public:
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000171 Slice() = default;
172
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000173 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000174 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000175 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000176
177 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
178 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
179
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000180 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
181 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000182
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000183 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000184
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000185 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
186 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000187
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000188 /// Support for ordering ranges.
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000189 ///
190 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
191 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
192 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
193 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000194 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000195 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
196 return true;
197 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
198 return false;
199 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
200 return !isSplittable();
201 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
202 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000203 return false;
204 }
205
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000206 /// Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000207 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000208 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
209 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000210 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000211 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000212 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000213 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000214 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000215
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000216 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000217 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
218 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000219 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000220 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000221};
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000222
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000223} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000224
225namespace llvm {
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000226
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000227template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000228template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000229
230} // end namespace llvm
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000231
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000232/// Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000233///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000234/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
235/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
236/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
237/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
238/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000239class llvm::sroa::AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000240public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000241 /// Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000242 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000243
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000244 /// Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000245 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000246 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000247 /// ignored.
248 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
249
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000250 /// Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000251 /// @{
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000252 using iterator = SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator;
253 using range = iterator_range<iterator>;
254
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000255 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
256 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000257
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000258 using const_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator;
259 using const_range = iterator_range<const_iterator>;
260
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000261 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
262 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000263 /// @}
264
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000265 /// Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000266 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000267
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000268 /// Insert new slices for this alloca.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000269 ///
270 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
271 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
272 /// hold.
273 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
274 int OldSize = Slices.size();
Benjamin Kramer4f6ac162015-02-28 10:11:12 +0000275 Slices.append(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000276 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
Mandeep Singh Grang636d94d2018-04-13 19:47:57 +0000277 llvm::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000278 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
279 }
280
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000281 // Forward declare the iterator and range accessor for walking the
282 // partitions.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000283 class partition_iterator;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000284 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000285
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000286 /// Access the dead users for this alloca.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000287 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000288
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000289 /// Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000290 ///
291 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
292 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
293 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
294 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000295 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000296
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +0000297#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000298 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000299 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
300 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000301 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
302 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000303 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000304 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
305 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000306#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000307
308private:
309 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000310 class SliceBuilder;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000311
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000312 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000313
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +0000314#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000315 /// Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000316 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000317#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000318
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000319 /// The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000320 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000321 ///
322 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000323 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
324 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000325 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
326
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000327 /// The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000328 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000329 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
330 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
331 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
332 /// details.
333 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000334
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000335 /// Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000336 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000337 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
338 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
339 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
340 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000341 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
342
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000343 /// Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000344 ///
345 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
346 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
347 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
348 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
349 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
350 /// the alloca.
351 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000352};
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000353
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000354/// A partition of the slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000355///
356/// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
357/// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
358/// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
359/// overlapping some part of the partition.
360///
361/// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
362/// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
363class llvm::sroa::Partition {
364private:
365 friend class AllocaSlices;
366 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
367
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000368 using iterator = AllocaSlices::iterator;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000369
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000370 /// The beginning and ending offsets of the alloca for this
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000371 /// partition.
372 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
373
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000374 /// The start and end iterators of this partition.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000375 iterator SI, SJ;
376
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000377 /// A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000378 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
379
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000380 /// Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000381 /// the given iterator.
382 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
383
384public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000385 /// The start offset of this partition.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000386 ///
387 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
388 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
389
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000390 /// The end offset of this partition.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000391 ///
392 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
393 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
394
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000395 /// The size of the partition.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000396 ///
397 /// Note that this can never be zero.
398 uint64_t size() const {
399 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
400 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
401 }
402
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000403 /// Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000404 /// a region occupied by split slices.
405 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
406
407 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
408 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
409 /// partition begin offset.
410 /// @{
411 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
412 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
413 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
414 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
415 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
416 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
417 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
418 /// @}
419
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000420 /// Get the sequence of split slice tails.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000421 ///
422 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
423 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
424 /// partitions.
425 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
426};
427
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000428/// An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000429///
430/// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
431/// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
432/// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
433/// current set of split slices.
434///
435/// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
436/// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
437class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator
438 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator, std::forward_iterator_tag,
439 Partition> {
440 friend class AllocaSlices;
441
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000442 /// Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000443 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
444 Partition P;
445
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000446 /// We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000447 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
448
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000449 /// We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000450 /// FIXME: Do we really?
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000451 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000452
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000453 /// Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000454 /// end iterator.
455 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000456 : P(SI), SE(SE) {
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000457 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
458 // partition.
459 if (SI != SE)
460 advance();
461 }
462
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000463 /// Advance the iterator to the next partition.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000464 ///
465 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
466 void advance() {
467 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
468 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
469
470 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
471 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
472 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
473 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
474 P.SplitTails.clear();
475 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
476 } else {
477 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
478 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
479 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000480 P.SplitTails.erase(llvm::remove_if(P.SplitTails,
481 [&](Slice *S) {
482 return S->endOffset() <=
483 P.EndOffset;
484 }),
485 P.SplitTails.end());
486 assert(llvm::any_of(P.SplitTails,
487 [&](Slice *S) {
488 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
489 }) &&
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000490 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000491 assert(llvm::all_of(P.SplitTails,
492 [&](Slice *S) {
493 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
494 }) &&
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000495 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
496 }
497 }
498
499 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
500 // now have an end iterator.
501 if (P.SI == SE) {
502 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
503 return;
504 }
505
506 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
507 // subsequent partitions.
508 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
509 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
510 // partition into the split list.
511 for (Slice &S : P)
512 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
513 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
514 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
515 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
516 }
517
518 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
519 P.SI = P.SJ;
520
521 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
522 if (P.SI == SE) {
523 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
524 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
525 return;
526 }
527
528 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
529 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
530 // slices up until the next slice begins.
531 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
532 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
533 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
534 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
535 return;
536 }
537 }
538
539 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
540 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
541 // partition is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
542 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
543 // at the prior end offset.
544 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
545 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
546 ++P.SJ;
547
548 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
549 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
550 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
551 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
552 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
553 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
554
555 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
556 // unsplittable slice.
557 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
558 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
559 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
560 ++P.SJ;
561 }
562
563 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
564 // partitions.
565 return;
566 }
567
568 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
569 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
570 // splices.
571 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
572
573 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
574 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
575 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
576 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
577 ++P.SJ;
578 }
579
580 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
581 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
582 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
583 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
584 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
585 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
586 }
587 }
588
589public:
590 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
591 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
592 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
593
594 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
595 // the emptiness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
596 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
597 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
598 // slices.
599 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI && P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
600 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
601 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
602 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
603 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
604 "slice tails!");
605 return true;
606 }
607 return false;
608 }
609
610 partition_iterator &operator++() {
611 advance();
612 return *this;
613 }
614
615 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
616};
617
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000618/// A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000619///
620/// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
621/// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
622/// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
623/// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
624/// slices.
625iterator_range<AllocaSlices::partition_iterator> AllocaSlices::partitions() {
626 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
627 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000628}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000629
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000630static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
631 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
632 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
633 // early on.
634 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000635 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000636 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000637 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000638
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000639 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000640}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000641
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000642/// A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000643static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
644 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
645 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
646 return PN->hasConstantValue();
647 }
648 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
649}
650
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000651/// Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000652///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000653/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
654/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
655class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
656 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
657 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +0000658
659 using Base = PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000660
661 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000662 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000663
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000664 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000665 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
666
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +0000667 /// Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000668 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000669
670public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000671 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000672 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000673 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000674
675private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000676 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000677 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000678 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000679 }
680
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000681 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000682 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000683 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
684 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000685 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000686 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @"
687 << Offset
688 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
689 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
690 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
691 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000692 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000693 }
694
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000695 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
696 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000697
698 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
699 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000700 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
701 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
702 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
703 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000704 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
705 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000706 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @"
707 << Offset << " to remain within the " << AllocSize
708 << " byte alloca:\n"
709 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
710 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000711 EndOffset = AllocSize;
712 }
713
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000714 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000715 }
716
717 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
718 if (BC.use_empty())
719 return markAsDead(BC);
720
721 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
722 }
723
724 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
725 if (GEPI.use_empty())
726 return markAsDead(GEPI);
727
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000728 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
729 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
730 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
731 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
732 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
733 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
Hal Finkel5c83a092016-03-28 11:23:21 +0000734 // by writing out the code here where we have the underlying allocation
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000735 // size readily available.
736 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000737 const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000738 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
739 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
740 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
741 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
742 if (!OpC)
743 break;
744
745 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +0000746 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000747 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
748 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
749 GEPOffset +=
750 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
751 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000752 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
753 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000754 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
755 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
756 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
757 }
758
759 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
760 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
761 // delete it and all uses.
762 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
763 return markAsDead(GEPI);
764 }
765 }
766
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000767 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000768 }
769
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000770 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000771 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +0000772 // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an
773 // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer
774 // of bits" patterns.
775 bool IsSplittable = Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000776
777 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000778 }
779
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000780 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000781 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
782 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000783
784 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
785 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
786
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000787 const DataLayout &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000788 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
789 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000790 }
791
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000792 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000793 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
794 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000795 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
796 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
797 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000798
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000799 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000800 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
801
802 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
Hiroshi Inoue0909ca12018-01-26 08:15:29 +0000803 // bounds of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000804 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
805 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
806 // risk of overflow.
807 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
808 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000809 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000810 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @"
811 << Offset << " which extends past the end of the "
812 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
813 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
814 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000815 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000816 }
817
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000818 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
819 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000820 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000821 }
822
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000823 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000824 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000825 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000826 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000827 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000828 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000829 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000830
831 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
832 return PI.setAborted(&II);
833
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000834 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
835 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000836 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000837 }
838
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000839 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000840 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000841 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000842 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000843 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000844
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000845 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
846 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
847 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
848 return;
849
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000850 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
851 return PI.setAborted(&II);
852
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000853 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
854 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
855 // if already added to our partitions.
856 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
857 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000858 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000859 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
860 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000861 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000862 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000863 return markAsDead(II);
864 }
865
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000866 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000867 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000868
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000869 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
870 // source and dest.
871 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
872 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
873 if (!II.isVolatile())
874 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000875
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000876 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000877 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000878
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000879 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
880 // they both point to the same alloca.
881 bool Inserted;
882 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000883 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000884 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000885 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
886 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000887 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000888
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000889 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
890 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000891 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
892 PrevP.kill();
893 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000894 }
895
896 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
897 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000898 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000899 }
900
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000901 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000902 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000903
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000904 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000905 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000906 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000907 }
908
909 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000910 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000911 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000912 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
913 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
914 return PI.setAborted(&II);
915
Vedant Kumarb264d692018-12-21 21:49:40 +0000916 if (II.isLifetimeStartOrEnd()) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000917 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000918 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
919 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000920 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000921 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000922 }
923
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000924 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000925 }
926
927 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
928 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000929 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000930 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
931 // size.
932 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
933 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
934 Visited.insert(Root);
935 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000936 const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000937 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
938 // a size zero access.
939 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000940 do {
941 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000942 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000943
944 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000945 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000946 continue;
947 }
948 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
949 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
950 if (Op == UsedI)
951 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000952 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000953 continue;
954 }
955
956 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
957 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
958 return GEP;
959 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
960 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
961 return I;
962 }
963
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000964 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000965 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000966 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000967 } while (!Uses.empty());
968
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000969 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000970 }
971
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000972 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
973 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
974 if (I.use_empty())
975 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000976
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000977 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
978 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
979 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
980 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
981 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
982 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
983 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
984 // "undef".
985 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000986 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000987 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000988 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
989 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000990 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000991 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
992 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000993 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000994
995 return;
996 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000997
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000998 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000999 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001000
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001001 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +00001002 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
1003 if (!Size) {
1004 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
1005 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001006 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
1007 }
1008
1009 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
1010 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
1011 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
1012 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
1013 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
1014 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +00001015 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00001016 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001017 return;
1018 }
1019
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +00001020 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
1021 }
1022
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001023 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +00001024
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001025 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001026
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001027 /// Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001028 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001029};
1030
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001031AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001032 :
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00001033#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001034 AI(AI),
1035#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001036 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +00001037 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001038 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001039 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
1040 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001041 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001042 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
1043 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
1044 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001045 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +00001046 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001047
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00001048 Slices.erase(
1049 llvm::remove_if(Slices, [](const Slice &S) { return S.isDead(); }),
1050 Slices.end());
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001051
Hal Finkel29f51312016-03-28 11:13:03 +00001052#ifndef NDEBUG
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001053 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
Pavel Labathc207bec2016-11-09 12:07:12 +00001054 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(
1055 std::chrono::system_clock::now().time_since_epoch().count()));
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001056 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1057 }
1058#endif
1059
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001060 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1061 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Fangrui Song0cac7262018-09-27 02:13:45 +00001062 llvm::sort(Slices);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001063}
1064
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00001065#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001066
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001067void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1068 StringRef Indent) const {
1069 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001070 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001071 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001072}
1073
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001074void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1075 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001076 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001077 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001078 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001079}
1080
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001081void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1082 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001083 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001084}
1085
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001086void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001087 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001088 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001089 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1090 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1091 return;
1092 }
1093
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001094 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001095 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001096 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001097}
1098
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001099LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1100 print(dbgs(), I);
1101}
1102LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001103
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00001104#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001105
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001106/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1107/// sequence of slices.
1108static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1109 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001110 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001111 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001112 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001113 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001114
1115 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1116 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001117 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001118 Use *U = I->getUse();
1119 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1120 continue;
1121 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1122 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001123
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001124 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001125 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001126 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001127 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001128 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001129 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001130
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001131 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001132 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001133 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001134 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1135 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001136 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1137 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001138 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001139
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001140 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1141 // is no common type.
1142 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1143 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001144 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001145
1146 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1147 // depend on types skipped above.
1148 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1149 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1150 else
1151 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001152 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001153
1154 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001155}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001156
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001157/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1158/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1159/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1160/// From this:
1161/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1162/// %V = load i32* %P2
1163/// to:
1164/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1165/// ...
1166/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1167/// ...
1168/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1169///
1170/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1171/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1172///
1173/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1174/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001175static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001176 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1177 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1178 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1179 // TODO: Allow stores.
1180 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1181 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1182 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001183 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1184 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001185 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001186 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001187
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001188 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1189 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1190 // a PHI.
1191 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1192 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001193
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001194 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1195 // could store.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00001196 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI(PN); &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001197 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001198 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001199
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001200 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1201 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001202 }
1203
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001204 if (!HaveLoad)
1205 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001206
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001207 const DataLayout &DL = PN.getModule()->getDataLayout();
1208
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001209 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1210 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1211 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1212 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
Chandler Carruthedb12a82018-10-15 10:04:59 +00001213 Instruction *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001214 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001215
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001216 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1217 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1218 // in the predecessor.
1219 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1220 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001221
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001222 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1223 // critical.
1224 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1225 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001226
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001227 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1228 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1229 // block.
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001230 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, MaxAlign, DL, TI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001231 continue;
1232
1233 return false;
1234 }
1235
1236 return true;
1237}
1238
1239static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001240 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001241
1242 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1243 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1244 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1245 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1246
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001247 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001248 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001249 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001250
1251 AAMDNodes AATags;
1252 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001253 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1254
1255 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1256 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001257 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001258 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1259 LI->eraseFromParent();
1260 }
1261
1262 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
Bjorn Pettersson81a76a32018-05-17 07:21:41 +00001263 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Value*> InjectedLoads;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001264 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1265 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001266 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Bjorn Pettersson81a76a32018-05-17 07:21:41 +00001267
1268 // A PHI node is allowed to have multiple (duplicated) entries for the same
1269 // basic block, as long as the value is the same. So if we already injected
1270 // a load in the predecessor, then we should reuse the same load for all
1271 // duplicated entries.
1272 if (Value* V = InjectedLoads.lookup(Pred)) {
1273 NewPN->addIncoming(V, Pred);
1274 continue;
1275 }
1276
Chandler Carruthedb12a82018-10-15 10:04:59 +00001277 Instruction *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001278 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1279
1280 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1281 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1282 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1283 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001284 if (AATags)
1285 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001286 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
Bjorn Pettersson81a76a32018-05-17 07:21:41 +00001287 InjectedLoads[Pred] = Load;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001288 }
1289
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001290 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001291 PN.eraseFromParent();
1292}
1293
1294/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1295/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1296/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1297/// From this:
1298/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1299/// %V = load i32* %P2
1300/// to:
1301/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1302/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1303/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1304///
1305/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1306/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001307static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001308 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1309 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001310 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001311
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001312 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1313 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001314 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001315 return false;
1316
Hiroshi Inoueb3008242017-06-24 15:43:33 +00001317 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferenceable, either
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001318 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1319 // accesses to it.
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001320 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI->getAlignment(), DL, LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001321 return false;
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001322 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI->getAlignment(), DL, LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001323 return false;
1324 }
1325
1326 return true;
1327}
1328
1329static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001330 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001331
1332 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1333 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1334 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1335 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1336 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001337 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001338 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1339
1340 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1341 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001342 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001343 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001344 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001345 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001346
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001347 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001348 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1349 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001350
1351 AAMDNodes Tags;
1352 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1353 if (Tags) {
1354 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1355 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001356 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001357
1358 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1359 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1360
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001361 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001362 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1363 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001364 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001365 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001366}
1367
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001368/// Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001369///
1370/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1371/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001372static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +00001373 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001374 if (Indices.empty())
1375 return BasePtr;
1376
1377 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1378 // in that case.
1379 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1380 return BasePtr;
1381
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001382 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, BasePtr, Indices,
1383 NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001384}
1385
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001386/// Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001387/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1388///
1389/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1390/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1391/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1392/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1393/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1394/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001395static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001396 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001397 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +00001398 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001399 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001400 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001401
Nicola Zaghenf96383c2018-10-30 11:15:04 +00001402 // Offset size to use for the indices.
1403 unsigned OffsetSize = DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001404
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001405 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1406 // type.
1407 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1408 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1409 do {
1410 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1411 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001412
1413 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1414 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
Nicola Zaghenf96383c2018-10-30 11:15:04 +00001415 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(OffsetSize, 0));
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001416 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1417 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1418 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001419 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001420 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1421 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001422 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1423 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1424 } else {
1425 break;
1426 }
1427 ++NumLayers;
1428 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1429 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1430 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1431
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001432 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001433}
1434
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001435/// Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001436///
1437/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1438/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001439static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001440 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1441 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001442 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +00001443 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001444 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001445 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1446 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001447
1448 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1449 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001450 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001451
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001452 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1453 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1454 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001455 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001456 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001457 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1458 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1459 return nullptr;
1460 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001461 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001462 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001463 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001464 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001465 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1466 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001467 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001468 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001469 }
1470
1471 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1472 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001473 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001474 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001475 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001476 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001477
1478 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1479 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001480 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001481 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001482 }
1483
1484 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1485 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001486 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001487
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001488 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001489 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001490 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001491 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001492 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1493 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1494 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001495 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001496 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001497
1498 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001499 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001500 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001501}
1502
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001503/// Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001504/// resulting in a particular type.
1505///
1506/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1507/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1508/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1509/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1510/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1511///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001512/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001513static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001514 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001515 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +00001516 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001517 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1518
1519 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1520 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001521 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001522 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001523
1524 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001525 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001526 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001527 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001528 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001529 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001530 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001531
1532 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1533 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001534 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001535 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001536}
1537
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001538/// Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001539/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1540///
1541/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1542/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1543/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1544/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1545/// bitcast to the type.
1546///
1547/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1548/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1549/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001550/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001551/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1552/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001553static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Zachary Turner41a9ee92017-10-11 23:54:34 +00001554 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001555 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1556 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1557 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1558 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1559 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1560
1561 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1562 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001563 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001564 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001565 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001566
1567 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1568 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001569 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001570 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1571
1572 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1573
1574 do {
1575 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1576 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1577 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001578 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001579 break;
1580 Offset += GEPOffset;
1581 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001582 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001583 break;
1584 }
1585
1586 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1587 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001588 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001589 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001590 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1591 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1592 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1593 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1594 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1595 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1596 I->eraseFromParent();
1597 }
1598 OffsetPtr = P;
1599 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1600 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1601 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001602 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001603 }
1604
1605 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1606 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1607 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1608 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1609 }
1610
1611 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1612 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1613 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1614 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
Sanjoy Das5ce32722016-04-08 00:48:30 +00001615 if (GA->isInterposable())
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001616 break;
1617 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1618 } else {
1619 break;
1620 }
1621 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001622 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001623
1624 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1625 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001626 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1627 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1628 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001629 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1630 }
1631
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001632 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1633 ? Int8Ptr
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001634 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Int8Ptr,
1635 IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001636 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001637 }
1638 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1639
1640 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1641 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001642 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001643
1644 return Ptr;
1645}
1646
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001647/// Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001648static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1649 const DataLayout &DL) {
1650 unsigned Alignment;
1651 Type *Ty;
1652 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1653 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1654 Ty = LI->getType();
1655 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1656 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1657 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1658 } else {
1659 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1660 }
1661
1662 if (!Alignment)
1663 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1664
1665 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1666}
1667
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001668/// Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001669///
1670/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1671/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1672/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1673/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1674static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1675 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1676 return true;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001677
1678 // For integer types, we can't handle any bit-width differences. This would
1679 // break both vector conversions with extension and introduce endianness
1680 // issues when in conjunction with loads and stores.
1681 if (isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) {
1682 assert(cast<IntegerType>(OldTy)->getBitWidth() !=
1683 cast<IntegerType>(NewTy)->getBitWidth() &&
1684 "We can't have the same bitwidth for different int types");
1685 return false;
1686 }
1687
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001688 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1689 return false;
1690 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1691 return false;
1692
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001693 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001694 // of pointers and integers.
1695 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1696 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001697 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
Jack Liuf101c0f2016-05-03 19:30:48 +00001698 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1699 return cast<PointerType>(NewTy)->getPointerAddressSpace() ==
1700 cast<PointerType>(OldTy)->getPointerAddressSpace();
1701 }
Sanjoy Dasb70ddd82017-06-17 20:28:13 +00001702
1703 // We can convert integers to integral pointers, but not to non-integral
1704 // pointers.
1705 if (OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1706 return !DL.isNonIntegralPointerType(NewTy);
1707
1708 // We can convert integral pointers to integers, but non-integral pointers
1709 // need to remain pointers.
1710 if (!DL.isNonIntegralPointerType(OldTy))
1711 return NewTy->isIntegerTy();
1712
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001713 return false;
1714 }
1715
1716 return true;
1717}
1718
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001719/// Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001720/// type.
1721///
1722/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1723/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1724/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001725static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001726 Type *NewTy) {
1727 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1728 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1729
1730 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001731 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001732
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001733 assert(!(isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) &&
1734 "Integer types must be the exact same to convert.");
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001735
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001736 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1737 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
Craig Topper95d23472017-07-09 07:04:00 +00001738 if (OldTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && NewTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) {
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001739 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1740 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1741 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1742 NewTy);
1743
1744 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1745 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1746 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1747 NewTy);
1748
1749 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1750 }
1751
1752 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1753 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
Craig Topper95d23472017-07-09 07:04:00 +00001754 if (OldTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() && NewTy->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) {
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001755 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1756 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1757 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1758 NewTy);
1759
1760 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1761 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1762 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1763 NewTy);
1764
1765 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1766 }
1767
1768 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001769}
1770
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001771/// Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001772///
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001773/// This function is called to test each entry in a partition which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001774/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001775static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(Partition &P, const Slice &S,
1776 VectorType *Ty,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001777 uint64_t ElementSize,
1778 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001779 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001780 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001781 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001782 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1783 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1784 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1785 return false;
1786 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001787 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001788 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1789 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1790 return false;
1791
1792 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1793 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001794 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1795 ? Ty->getElementType()
1796 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001797
1798 Type *SplitIntTy =
1799 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1800
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001801 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001802
1803 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1804 if (MI->isVolatile())
1805 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001806 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001807 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001808 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
Vedant Kumarb264d692018-12-21 21:49:40 +00001809 if (!II->isLifetimeStartOrEnd())
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001810 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001811 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1812 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1813 return false;
1814 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1815 if (LI->isVolatile())
1816 return false;
1817 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001818 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001819 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1820 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1821 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001822 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001823 return false;
1824 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1825 if (SI->isVolatile())
1826 return false;
1827 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001828 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001829 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1830 STy = SplitIntTy;
1831 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001832 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001833 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00001834 } else {
1835 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001836 }
1837
1838 return true;
1839}
1840
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001841/// Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001842/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001843///
1844/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
1845/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
1846/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
1847/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
1848/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
1849/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001850static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(Partition &P, const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001851 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
1852 // we have different element types.
1853 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
1854 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
1855 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
1856 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
1857 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1858 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
1859 if (!CommonEltTy)
1860 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1861 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
1862 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
1863 }
1864 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001865 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001866 for (const Slice &S : P)
1867 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
1868 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001869 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1870 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
1871 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1872 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
1873 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001874
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001875 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
1876 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1877 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001878
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001879 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
1880 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
1881 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
1882 // integer vector types.
1883 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00001884 CandidateTys.erase(
1885 llvm::remove_if(CandidateTys,
1886 [](VectorType *VTy) {
1887 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
1888 }),
1889 CandidateTys.end());
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001890
1891 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
1892 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1893 return nullptr;
1894
1895 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
1896 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
1897 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
David L. Jones41cecba2017-01-13 21:02:41 +00001898 (void)DL;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001899 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
1900 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
1901 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1902 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1903 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1904 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1905 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
1906 };
Fangrui Song0cac7262018-09-27 02:13:45 +00001907 llvm::sort(CandidateTys, RankVectorTypes);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001908 CandidateTys.erase(
1909 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
1910 CandidateTys.end());
1911 } else {
1912// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
1913// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
1914#ifndef NDEBUG
1915 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
1916 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
1917 "Unaccounted for element type!");
1918 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
1919 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
1920 }
1921#endif
1922 CandidateTys.resize(1);
1923 }
1924
1925 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
1926 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
1927 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
1928
1929 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
1930 // that aren't byte sized.
1931 if (ElementSize % 8)
1932 return false;
1933 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
1934 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
1935 ElementSize /= 8;
1936
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001937 for (const Slice &S : P)
1938 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001939 return false;
1940
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00001941 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001942 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001943 return false;
1944
1945 return true;
1946 };
1947 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
1948 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
1949 return VTy;
1950
1951 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001952}
1953
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00001954/// Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001955///
1956/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001957/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001958static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001959 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001960 Type *AllocaTy,
1961 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001962 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001963 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
1964
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001965 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
1966 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001967
1968 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001969 // the end of the alloca's type and into its padding.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001970 if (RelEnd > Size)
1971 return false;
1972
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001973 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001974
1975 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1976 if (LI->isVolatile())
1977 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001978 // We can't handle loads that extend past the allocated memory.
1979 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()) > Size)
1980 return false;
Hiroshi Inouef5c0e6c2018-05-17 06:32:17 +00001981 // So far, AllocaSliceRewriter does not support widening split slice tails
1982 // in rewriteIntegerLoad.
1983 if (S.beginOffset() < AllocBeginOffset)
1984 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001985 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1986 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1987 // vector widening instead.
1988 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001989 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1990 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001991 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001992 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001993 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001994 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001995 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
1996 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001997 return false;
1998 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001999 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
2000 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
2001 if (SI->isVolatile())
2002 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002003 // We can't handle stores that extend past the allocated memory.
2004 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValueTy) > Size)
2005 return false;
Hiroshi Inouef5c0e6c2018-05-17 06:32:17 +00002006 // So far, AllocaSliceRewriter does not support widening split slice tails
2007 // in rewriteIntegerStore.
2008 if (S.beginOffset() < AllocBeginOffset)
2009 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002010 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
2011 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
2012 // vector widening instead.
2013 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002014 WholeAllocaOp = true;
2015 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002016 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002017 return false;
2018 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002019 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002020 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
2021 // they are promotable.
2022 return false;
2023 }
2024 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
2025 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
2026 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002027 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002028 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
2029 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
Vedant Kumarb264d692018-12-21 21:49:40 +00002030 if (!II->isLifetimeStartOrEnd())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002031 return false;
2032 } else {
2033 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002034 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002035
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002036 return true;
2037}
2038
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002039/// Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002040/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002041///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002042/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
2043/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
2044/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00002045static bool isIntegerWideningViable(Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002046 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002047 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00002048 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
2049 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
2050 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002051
2052 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002053 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002054 return false;
2055
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002056 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
2057 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
2058 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
2059 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002060 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
2061 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002062 return false;
2063
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002064 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
2065 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
2066 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00002067 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
2068 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002069 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
2070 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00002071 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002072 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002073
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002074 for (const Slice &S : P)
2075 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2076 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002077 return false;
2078
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002079 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002080 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2081 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002082 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002083
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002084 return WholeAllocaOp;
2085}
2086
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002087static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002088 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2089 const Twine &Name) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002090 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002091 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2092 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2093 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002094 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002095 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002096 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002097 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002098 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002099 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002100 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002101 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2102 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002103 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002104 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002105 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002106 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002107 return V;
2108}
2109
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002110static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002111 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2112 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2113 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2114 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2115 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002116 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002117 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002118 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002119 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002120 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002121 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2122 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002123 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002124 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002125 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002126 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002127 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002128 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002129 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002130
2131 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2132 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2133 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002134 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002135 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002136 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002137 }
2138 return V;
2139}
2140
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002141static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2142 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002143 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2144 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2145 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2146
2147 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2148 return V;
2149
2150 if (NumElements == 1) {
2151 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2152 Name + ".extract");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002153 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002154 return V;
2155 }
2156
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002157 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002158 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2159 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2160 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2161 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002162 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002163 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002164 return V;
2165}
2166
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002167static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002168 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2169 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2170 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2171
2172 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2173 if (!Ty) {
2174 // Single element to insert.
2175 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2176 Name + ".insert");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002177 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002178 return V;
2179 }
2180
2181 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2182 "Too many elements!");
2183 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2184 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2185 return V;
2186 }
2187 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2188
2189 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2190 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2191 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2192 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002193 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002194 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2195 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2196 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2197 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2198 else
2199 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2200 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002201 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002202 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002203
2204 Mask.clear();
2205 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002206 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2207
2208 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2209
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002210 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002211 return V;
2212}
2213
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002214/// Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002215/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002216///
2217/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2218/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2219/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00002220class llvm::sroa::AllocaSliceRewriter
2221 : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002222 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00002223 friend class InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2224
2225 using Base = InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002226
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002227 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002228 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002229 SROA &Pass;
2230 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2231 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002232 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002233
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002234 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2235 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2236 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2237 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2238 IntegerType *IntTy;
2239
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002240 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2241 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002242 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002243 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2244 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2245 // element.
2246 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2247 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2248 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2249 VectorType *VecTy;
2250 Type *ElementTy;
2251 uint64_t ElementSize;
2252
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002253 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2254 // the original alloca.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00002255 uint64_t BeginOffset = 0;
2256 uint64_t EndOffset = 0;
2257
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002258 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2259 // original alloca.
2260 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2261
2262 uint64_t SliceSize;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00002263 bool IsSplittable = false;
2264 bool IsSplit = false;
2265 Use *OldUse = nullptr;
2266 Instruction *OldPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002267
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002268 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
Davide Italiano81a26da2017-04-27 23:09:01 +00002269 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> &PHIUsers;
2270 SmallSetVector<SelectInst *, 8> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002271
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002272 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2273 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2274 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002275
2276public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002277 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002278 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002279 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002280 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2281 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Davide Italiano81a26da2017-04-27 23:09:01 +00002282 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> &PHIUsers,
2283 SmallSetVector<SelectInst *, 8> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002284 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002285 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2286 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002287 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002288 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2289 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2290 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002291 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002292 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002293 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2294 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2295 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00002296 PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002297 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002298 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002299 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002300 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2301 ++NumVectorized;
2302 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002303 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002304 }
2305
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002306 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002307 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002308 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2309 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2310 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2311 IsSplit =
2312 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002313 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2314 LLVM_DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
2315 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002316
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002317 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2318 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2319 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2320 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2321 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2322
2323 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2324
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002325 OldUse = I->getUse();
2326 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002327
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002328 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2329 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2330 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2331 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2332
2333 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2334 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002335 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002336 return CanSROA;
2337 }
2338
2339private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002340 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2341 using Base::visit;
2342
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002343 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2344 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002345 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002346 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2347 }
2348
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002349 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2350 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2351 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2352 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2353 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2354
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002355#ifndef NDEBUG
2356 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2357 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2358 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2359 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2360 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2361 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2362 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2363 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2364 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2365 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2366 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2367 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2368 // Strip the offset.
2369 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2370 }
2371 }
2372 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2373 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2374#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002375
2376 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
Nicola Zaghenf96383c2018-10-30 11:15:04 +00002377 APInt(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(PointerTy), Offset),
Matt Arsenault3c1fc762017-04-10 22:27:50 +00002378 PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002379#ifndef NDEBUG
2380 Twine(OldName) + "."
2381#else
2382 Twine()
2383#endif
2384 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002385 }
2386
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002387 /// Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002388 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002389 ///
2390 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2391 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002392 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002393 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2394 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002395 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002396 unsigned Align =
2397 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002398 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002399 }
2400
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002401 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002402 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2403 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2404 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2405 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2406 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002407 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002408 }
2409
2410 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2411 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2412 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002413 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002414 }
2415
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002416 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002417 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2418 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002419 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002420
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002421 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002422 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002423 }
2424
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002425 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002426 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002427 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002428 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002429 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002430 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2431 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth4b682f62015-08-28 09:03:52 +00002432 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset) {
2433 IntegerType *ExtractTy = Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
2434 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, ExtractTy, Offset, "extract");
2435 }
2436 // It is possible that the extracted type is not the load type. This
2437 // happens if there is a load past the end of the alloca, and as
2438 // a consequence the slice is narrower but still a candidate for integer
2439 // lowering. To handle this case, we just zero extend the extracted
2440 // integer.
2441 assert(cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() >= SliceSize * 8 &&
2442 "Can only handle an extract for an overly wide load");
2443 if (cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() > SliceSize * 8)
2444 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, LI.getType());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002445 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002446 }
2447
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002448 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002449 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002450 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2451 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002452
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002453 AAMDNodes AATags;
2454 LI.getAAMetadata(AATags);
2455
Matt Arsenault3c1fc762017-04-10 22:27:50 +00002456 unsigned AS = LI.getPointerAddressSpace();
2457
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002458 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002459 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002460 const bool IsLoadPastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(TargetTy) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002461 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2462 Value *V;
2463 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002464 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002465 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002466 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002467 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002468 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
2469 (canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, TargetTy) ||
2470 (IsLoadPastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2471 TargetTy->isIntegerTy()))) {
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002472 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2473 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002474 if (AATags)
2475 NewLI->setAAMetadata(AATags);
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002476 if (LI.isVolatile())
Konstantin Zhuravlyovbb80d3e2017-07-11 22:23:00 +00002477 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSyncScopeID());
Luqman Aden3f807c92017-03-22 19:16:39 +00002478
Chandler Carruth3f81d802017-06-27 08:32:03 +00002479 // Any !nonnull metadata or !range metadata on the old load is also valid
2480 // on the new load. This is even true in some cases even when the loads
2481 // are different types, for example by mapping !nonnull metadata to
2482 // !range metadata by modeling the null pointer constant converted to the
2483 // integer type.
Rafael Espindolac06f55e2017-11-28 01:25:38 +00002484 // FIXME: Add support for range metadata here. Currently the utilities
2485 // for this don't propagate range metadata in trivial cases from one
2486 // integer load to another, don't handle non-addrspace-0 null pointers
2487 // correctly, and don't have any support for mapping ranges as the
2488 // integer type becomes winder or narrower.
Chandler Carruth3f81d802017-06-27 08:32:03 +00002489 if (MDNode *N = LI.getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_nonnull))
2490 copyNonnullMetadata(LI, N, *NewLI);
Rafael Espindolac06f55e2017-11-28 01:25:38 +00002491
2492 // Try to preserve nonnull metadata
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002493 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002494
2495 // If this is an integer load past the end of the slice (which means the
2496 // bytes outside the slice are undef or this load is dead) just forcibly
2497 // fix the integer size with correct handling of endianness.
2498 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2499 if (auto *TITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(TargetTy))
2500 if (AITy->getBitWidth() < TITy->getBitWidth()) {
2501 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, TITy, "load.ext");
2502 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2503 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, TITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2504 "endian_shift");
2505 }
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002506 } else {
Matt Arsenault3c1fc762017-04-10 22:27:50 +00002507 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo(AS);
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002508 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
2509 getSliceAlign(TargetTy),
2510 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002511 if (AATags)
2512 NewLI->setAAMetadata(AATags);
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002513 if (LI.isVolatile())
Konstantin Zhuravlyovbb80d3e2017-07-11 22:23:00 +00002514 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSyncScopeID());
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002515
2516 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002517 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2518 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002519 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002520
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002521 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002522 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2523 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2524 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002525 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002526 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002527 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002528 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002529 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002530 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002531 IRB.SetInsertPoint(&*std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002532 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2533 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2534 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2535 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002536 Value *Placeholder =
Matt Arsenault3c1fc762017-04-10 22:27:50 +00002537 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo(AS)));
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002538 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2539 "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002540 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2541 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Reid Kleckner96ab8722017-05-18 17:24:10 +00002542 Placeholder->deleteValue();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002543 } else {
2544 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002545 }
2546
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002547 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002548 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002549 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002550 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002551 }
2552
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002553 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp,
2554 AAMDNodes AATags) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002555 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002556 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2557 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002558 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2559 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2560 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002561 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2562 ? ElementTy
2563 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002564 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2565 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002566
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002567 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002568 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002569 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2570 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002571 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002572 if (AATags)
2573 Store->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002574 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002575
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002576 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002577 return true;
2578 }
2579
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002580 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, AAMDNodes AATags) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002581 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002582 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002583 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002584 Value *Old =
2585 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002586 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002587 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2588 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002589 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002590 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002591 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002592 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Michael Kruse978ba612018-12-20 04:58:07 +00002593 Store->copyMetadata(SI, {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access,
2594 LLVMContext::MD_access_group});
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002595 if (AATags)
2596 Store->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002597 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002598 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002599 return true;
2600 }
2601
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002602 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002603 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002604 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2605 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002606
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002607 AAMDNodes AATags;
2608 SI.getAAMetadata(AATags);
2609
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002610 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002611
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002612 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2613 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002614 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2615 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002616 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2617
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002618 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002619 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2620 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2621 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2622 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002623 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002624 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002625 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002626 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2627 "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002628 }
2629
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002630 if (VecTy)
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002631 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp, AATags);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002632 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002633 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI, AATags);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002634
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002635 const bool IsStorePastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType()) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002636 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002637 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2638 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002639 (canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy) ||
2640 (IsStorePastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2641 V->getType()->isIntegerTy()))) {
2642 // If this is an integer store past the end of slice (and thus the bytes
2643 // past that point are irrelevant or this is unreachable), truncate the
2644 // value prior to storing.
2645 if (auto *VITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType()))
2646 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2647 if (VITy->getBitWidth() > AITy->getBitWidth()) {
2648 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2649 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, VITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2650 "endian_shift");
2651 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, AITy, "load.trunc");
2652 }
2653
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002654 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002655 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2656 SI.isVolatile());
2657 } else {
Matt Arsenault3c1fc762017-04-10 22:27:50 +00002658 unsigned AS = SI.getPointerAddressSpace();
2659 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo(AS));
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002660 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2661 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002662 }
Michael Kruse978ba612018-12-20 04:58:07 +00002663 NewSI->copyMetadata(SI, {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access,
2664 LLVMContext::MD_access_group});
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002665 if (AATags)
2666 NewSI->setAAMetadata(AATags);
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002667 if (SI.isVolatile())
Konstantin Zhuravlyovbb80d3e2017-07-11 22:23:00 +00002668 NewSI->setAtomic(SI.getOrdering(), SI.getSyncScopeID());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002669 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002670 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002671
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002672 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002673 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002674 }
2675
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002676 /// Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002677 /// number of bytes.
2678 ///
2679 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2680 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002681 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002682 ///
2683 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2684 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002685 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002686 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2687 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2688 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2689 if (Size == 1)
2690 return V;
2691
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002692 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2693 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2694 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2695 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2696 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2697 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2698 SplatIntTy)),
2699 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002700 return V;
2701 }
2702
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002703 /// Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002704 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2705 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002706 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002707 return V;
2708 }
2709
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002710 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002711 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002712 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2713
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002714 AAMDNodes AATags;
2715 II.getAAMetadata(AATags);
2716
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002717 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2718 // pointer to the new alloca.
2719 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002720 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002721 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002722 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Daniel Neilson41e781d2018-03-13 14:25:33 +00002723 II.setDestAlignment(getSliceAlign());
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002724
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002725 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2726 return false;
2727 }
2728
2729 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002730 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002731
2732 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2733 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2734
2735 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2736 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002737 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002738 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002739 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002740 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002741 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002742 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002743 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002744 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2745 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002746 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2747 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002748 if (AATags)
2749 New->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002750 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002751 return false;
2752 }
2753
2754 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2755 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2756 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002757 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2758 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002759 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002760
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002761 if (VecTy) {
2762 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2763 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002764
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002765 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2766 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002767 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2768 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2769 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2770
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002771 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002772 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2773 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002774 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002775 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002776
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002777 Value *Old =
2778 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002779 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002780 } else if (IntTy) {
2781 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2782 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002783 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002784
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002785 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002786 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002787
2788 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2789 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002790 Value *Old =
2791 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002792 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002793 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002794 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002795 } else {
2796 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2797 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2798 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002799 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002800 } else {
2801 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002802 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2803 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002804
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002805 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002806 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002807 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002808
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002809 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002810 }
2811
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002812 StoreInst *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2813 II.isVolatile());
2814 if (AATags)
2815 New->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002816 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002817 return !II.isVolatile();
2818 }
2819
2820 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2821 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2822 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2823
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002824 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002825
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002826 AAMDNodes AATags;
2827 II.getAAMetadata(AATags);
2828
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002829 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002830 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002831 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002832
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002833 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002834
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002835 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2836 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2837 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2838 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2839 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2840 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2841 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002842 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002843 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Daniel Neilson41e781d2018-03-13 14:25:33 +00002844 if (IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002845 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Daniel Neilson41e781d2018-03-13 14:25:33 +00002846 II.setDestAlignment(SliceAlign);
2847 }
2848 else {
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002849 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Daniel Neilson41e781d2018-03-13 14:25:33 +00002850 II.setSourceAlignment(SliceAlign);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002851 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002852
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002853 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002854 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002855 return false;
2856 }
2857 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2858 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2859 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2860 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2861 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2862
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002863 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2864 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002865 bool EmitMemCpy =
2866 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2867 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2868 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2869 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002870
2871 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2872 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2873 // a no-op.
2874 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002875 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002876 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002877
2878 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002879 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002880 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002881 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002882 return false;
2883 }
2884 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002885 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002886
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002887 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2888 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002889 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002890 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2891 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002892 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2893 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002894 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002895 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002896
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002897 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
2898 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
2899
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002900 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Nicola Zaghenf96383c2018-10-30 11:15:04 +00002901 unsigned OffsetWidth = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(OtherAS);
2902 APInt OtherOffset(OffsetWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Daniel Neilson41e781d2018-03-13 14:25:33 +00002903 unsigned OtherAlign =
2904 IsDest ? II.getSourceAlignment() : II.getDestAlignment();
2905 OtherAlign = MinAlign(OtherAlign ? OtherAlign : 1,
2906 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002907
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002908 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002909 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
2910 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002911 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002912 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002913
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002914 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002915 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002916 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002917
Daniel Neilson41e781d2018-03-13 14:25:33 +00002918 Value *DestPtr, *SrcPtr;
2919 unsigned DestAlign, SrcAlign;
2920 // Note: IsDest is true iff we're copying into the new alloca slice
2921 if (IsDest) {
2922 DestPtr = OurPtr;
2923 DestAlign = SliceAlign;
2924 SrcPtr = OtherPtr;
2925 SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
2926 } else {
2927 DestPtr = OtherPtr;
2928 DestAlign = OtherAlign;
2929 SrcPtr = OurPtr;
2930 SrcAlign = SliceAlign;
2931 }
2932 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(DestPtr, DestAlign, SrcPtr, SrcAlign,
2933 Size, II.isVolatile());
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002934 if (AATags)
2935 New->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002936 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002937 return false;
2938 }
2939
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002940 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2941 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2942 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2943 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
2944 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002945 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002946 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
2947 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002948
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002949 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
2950 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002951 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
2952 if (NumElements == 1)
2953 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2954 else
2955 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
2956
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002957 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002958 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002959 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
2960 } else {
2961 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002962 }
2963
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002964 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002965 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002966 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002967 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002968 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
2969 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002970 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002971 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
2972 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002973
2974 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002975 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002976 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002977 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002978 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002979 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002980 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002981 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002982 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002983 } else {
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00002984 LoadInst *Load = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(),
2985 "copyload");
2986 if (AATags)
2987 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
2988 Src = Load;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002989 }
2990
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002991 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002992 Value *Old =
2993 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002994 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002995 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002996 Value *Old =
2997 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002998 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002999 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003000 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
3001 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00003002 }
3003
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00003004 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00003005 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003006 if (AATags)
3007 Store->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003008 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003009 return !II.isVolatile();
3010 }
3011
3012 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
Vedant Kumarb264d692018-12-21 21:49:40 +00003013 assert(II.isLifetimeStartOrEnd());
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003014 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003015 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
3016
3017 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00003018 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003019
Eli Friedman50967752016-11-28 21:50:34 +00003020 // Lifetime intrinsics are only promotable if they cover the whole alloca.
3021 // Therefore, we drop lifetime intrinsics which don't cover the whole
3022 // alloca.
3023 // (In theory, intrinsics which partially cover an alloca could be
3024 // promoted, but PromoteMemToReg doesn't handle that case.)
3025 // FIXME: Check whether the alloca is promotable before dropping the
3026 // lifetime intrinsics?
3027 if (NewBeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
3028 NewEndOffset != NewAllocaEndOffset)
3029 return true;
3030
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003031 ConstantInt *Size =
3032 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003033 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Gabor Buella3ec170c2019-01-16 12:06:17 +00003034 // Lifetime intrinsics always expect an i8* so directly get such a pointer
3035 // for the new alloca slice.
3036 Type *PointerTy = IRB.getInt8PtrTy(OldPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
3037 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, PointerTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003038 Value *New;
3039 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
3040 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
3041 else
3042 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
3043
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00003044 (void)New;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003045 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
Eli Friedman2a65dd12016-08-08 01:30:53 +00003046
Eli Friedman50967752016-11-28 21:50:34 +00003047 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003048 }
3049
Eli Friedman94d3e4d2018-08-30 18:59:24 +00003050 void fixLoadStoreAlign(Instruction &Root) {
3051 // This algorithm implements the same visitor loop as
3052 // hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse, and fixes the alignment of each load
3053 // or store found.
3054 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
3055 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> Uses;
3056 Visited.insert(&Root);
3057 Uses.push_back(&Root);
3058 do {
3059 Instruction *I = Uses.pop_back_val();
3060
3061 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3062 unsigned LoadAlign = LI->getAlignment();
3063 if (!LoadAlign)
3064 LoadAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(LI->getType());
3065 LI->setAlignment(std::min(LoadAlign, getSliceAlign()));
3066 continue;
3067 }
3068 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3069 unsigned StoreAlign = SI->getAlignment();
3070 if (!StoreAlign) {
3071 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
3072 StoreAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Op->getType());
3073 }
3074 SI->setAlignment(std::min(StoreAlign, getSliceAlign()));
3075 continue;
3076 }
3077
3078 assert(isa<BitCastInst>(I) || isa<PHINode>(I) ||
3079 isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I));
3080 for (User *U : I->users())
3081 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
3082 Uses.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
3083 } while (!Uses.empty());
3084 }
3085
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003086 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003087 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003088 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
3089 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003090
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003091 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
3092 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
3093 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
3094 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003095 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00003096 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003097 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(&*OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00003098 else
3099 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00003100 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003101
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003102 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003103 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00003104 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003105
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003106 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003107 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003108
Eli Friedman94d3e4d2018-08-30 18:59:24 +00003109 // Fix the alignment of any loads or stores using this PHI node.
3110 fixLoadStoreAlign(PN);
3111
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003112 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3113 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3114 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3115 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
3116 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003117 }
3118
3119 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003120 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003121 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
3122 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003123 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
3124 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00003125
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00003126 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00003127 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
3128 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
3129 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
3130 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
3131 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
3132
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003133 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003134 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003135
Eli Friedman94d3e4d2018-08-30 18:59:24 +00003136 // Fix the alignment of any loads or stores using this select.
3137 fixLoadStoreAlign(SI);
3138
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003139 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
3140 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
3141 // fully-rewritten alloca.
3142 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
3143 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003144 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003145};
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003146
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003147namespace {
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003148
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003149/// Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003150///
3151/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
3152/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
3153/// with scalar loads and stores.
3154class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
3155 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003156 friend class InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003157
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003158 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
3159 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
3160
3161 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
3162 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
3163
3164 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
3165 /// value (as opposed to the user).
3166 Use *U;
3167
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003168 /// Used to calculate offsets, and hence alignment, of subobjects.
3169 const DataLayout &DL;
3170
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003171public:
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003172 AggLoadStoreRewriter(const DataLayout &DL) : DL(DL) {}
3173
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003174 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
3175 /// it.
3176 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003177 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003178 enqueueUsers(I);
3179 bool Changed = false;
3180 while (!Queue.empty()) {
3181 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
3182 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
3183 }
3184 return Changed;
3185 }
3186
3187private:
3188 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
3189 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
3190 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003191 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00003192 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00003193 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003194 }
3195
3196 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
3197 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
3198
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003199 /// Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003200 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003201 protected:
3202 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00003203 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003204
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003205 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
3206 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3207 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003208
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003209 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3210 /// within the aggregate.
3211 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003212
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003213 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3214 /// split operations.
3215 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003216
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003217 /// The base pointee type being GEPed into.
3218 Type *BaseTy;
3219
3220 /// Known alignment of the base pointer.
3221 unsigned BaseAlign;
3222
3223 /// To calculate offset of each component so we can correctly deduce
3224 /// alignments.
3225 const DataLayout &DL;
3226
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003227 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3228 /// single zero GEP index.
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003229 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr, Type *BaseTy,
3230 unsigned BaseAlign, const DataLayout &DL)
3231 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr),
3232 BaseTy(BaseTy), BaseAlign(BaseAlign), DL(DL) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003233
3234 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003235 /// Generic recursive split emission routine.
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003236 ///
3237 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3238 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3239 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3240 ///
3241 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3242 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3243 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3244 ///
3245 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3246 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3247 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3248 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003249 if (Ty->isSingleValueType()) {
3250 unsigned Offset = DL.getIndexedOffsetInType(BaseTy, GEPIndices);
3251 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(
3252 Ty, Agg, MinAlign(BaseAlign, Offset), Name);
3253 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003254
3255 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3256 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3257 (void)OldSize;
3258 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3259 ++Idx) {
3260 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3261 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3262 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3263 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3264 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3265 Indices.pop_back();
3266 }
3267 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003268 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003269
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003270 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3271 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3272 (void)OldSize;
3273 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3274 ++Idx) {
3275 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3276 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3277 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3278 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3279 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3280 Indices.pop_back();
3281 }
3282 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003283 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003284
3285 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003286 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003287 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003288
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003289 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003290 AAMDNodes AATags;
3291
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003292 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr, Type *BaseTy,
3293 AAMDNodes AATags, unsigned BaseAlign, const DataLayout &DL)
3294 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr, BaseTy, BaseAlign,
3295 DL), AATags(AATags) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003296
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003297 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3298 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003299 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, unsigned Align, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003300 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3301 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003302 Value *GEP =
3303 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003304 LoadInst *Load = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(GEP, Align, Name + ".load");
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003305 if (AATags)
3306 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003307 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003308 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003309 }
3310 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003311
3312 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3313 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3314 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3315 return false;
3316
3317 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003318 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003319 AAMDNodes AATags;
3320 LI.getAAMetadata(AATags);
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003321 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U, LI.getType(), AATags,
3322 getAdjustedAlignment(&LI, 0, DL), DL);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003323 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003324 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003325 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3326 LI.eraseFromParent();
3327 return true;
3328 }
3329
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003330 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003331 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr, Type *BaseTy,
3332 AAMDNodes AATags, unsigned BaseAlign, const DataLayout &DL)
3333 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr, BaseTy, BaseAlign,
3334 DL),
3335 AATags(AATags) {}
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003336 AAMDNodes AATags;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003337 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3338 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003339 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, unsigned Align, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003340 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3341 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
Patrik Hagglunda83706e2016-06-20 10:19:00 +00003342 //
3343 // The gep and extractvalue values are factored out of the CreateStore
3344 // call to make the output independent of the argument evaluation order.
Patrik Hagglund4e0bd842016-06-20 11:19:58 +00003345 Value *ExtractValue =
3346 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract");
3347 Value *InBoundsGEP =
3348 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003349 StoreInst *Store =
3350 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(ExtractValue, InBoundsGEP, Align);
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003351 if (AATags)
3352 Store->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003353 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003354 }
3355 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003356
3357 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3358 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3359 return false;
3360 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3361 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3362 return false;
3363
3364 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003365 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Ivan A. Kosarev53270d02018-02-16 10:10:29 +00003366 AAMDNodes AATags;
3367 SI.getAAMetadata(AATags);
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00003368 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U, V->getType(), AATags,
3369 getAdjustedAlignment(&SI, 0, DL), DL);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003370 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003371 SI.eraseFromParent();
3372 return true;
3373 }
3374
3375 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3376 enqueueUsers(BC);
3377 return false;
3378 }
3379
3380 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3381 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3382 return false;
3383 }
3384
3385 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3386 enqueueUsers(PN);
3387 return false;
3388 }
3389
3390 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3391 enqueueUsers(SI);
3392 return false;
3393 }
3394};
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003395
3396} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003397
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003398/// Strip aggregate type wrapping.
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003399///
3400/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3401/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3402/// size or the allocated size.
3403static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3404 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3405 return Ty;
3406
3407 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3408 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3409
3410 Type *InnerTy;
3411 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3412 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3413 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3414 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3415 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3416 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3417 } else {
3418 return Ty;
3419 }
3420
3421 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3422 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3423 return Ty;
3424
3425 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3426}
3427
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003428/// Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003429/// offset and size.
3430///
3431/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3432/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003433/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3434/// and the same for structs.
3435///
3436/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3437/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3438/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3439/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3440/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003441static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3442 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003443 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3444 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3445 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3446 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003447 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003448
3449 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003450 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003451 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003452 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Peter Collingbournebc070522016-12-02 03:20:58 +00003453 if (NumSkippedElements >= SeqTy->getNumElements())
3454 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003455 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3456
3457 // First check if we need to recurse.
3458 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3459 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3460 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003461 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003462 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003463 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003464 }
3465 assert(Offset == 0);
3466
3467 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003468 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003469 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3470 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3471 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003472 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003473 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3474 }
3475
3476 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3477 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003478 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003479
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003480 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003481 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003482 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003483 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3484 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003485 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003486
3487 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003488 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3489
3490 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003491 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003492 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003493 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003494
3495 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3496 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3497 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003498 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003499 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003500 }
3501 assert(Offset == 0);
3502
3503 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003504 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003505
3506 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3507 EE = STy->element_end();
3508 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3509 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3510 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003511 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003512
3513 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3514 // expected size.
3515 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3516 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3517 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003518 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003519
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003520 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003521 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3522 }
3523
3524 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003525 StructType *SubTy =
3526 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003527 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003528 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003529 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003530
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003531 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003532}
3533
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003534/// Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003535///
3536/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3537/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3538/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3539/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3540/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3541/// the following:
3542///
3543/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3544/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3545/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3546/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3547/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3548/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3549/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3550/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3551/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3552/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3553/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3554/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3555/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3556/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3557/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3558///
3559/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3560/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3561/// there all along.
3562///
3563/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3564bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003565 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003566
3567 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3568 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3569 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3570 // actually split.
3571 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3572 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3573
3574 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3575 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3576 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3577 // all the slices that end up split.
3578 struct SplitOffsets {
3579 Slice *S;
3580 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3581 };
3582 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3583
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003584 // Track loads out of this alloca which cannot, for any reason, be pre-split.
3585 // This is important as we also cannot pre-split stores of those loads!
3586 // FIXME: This is all pretty gross. It means that we can be more aggressive
3587 // in pre-splitting when the load feeding the store happens to come from
3588 // a separate alloca. Put another way, the effectiveness of SROA would be
3589 // decreased by a frontend which just concatenated all of its local allocas
3590 // into one big flat alloca. But defeating such patterns is exactly the job
3591 // SROA is tasked with! Sadly, to not have this discrepancy we would have
3592 // change store pre-splitting to actually force pre-splitting of the load
3593 // that feeds it *and all stores*. That makes pre-splitting much harder, but
3594 // maybe it would make it more principled?
3595 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 8> UnsplittableLoads;
3596
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003597 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003598 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3599 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003600 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003601 if (!S.isSplittable() || S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset()) {
3602 // If this is a load we have to track that it can't participate in any
3603 // pre-splitting. If this is a store of a load we have to track that
3604 // that load also can't participate in any pre-splitting.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003605 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
3606 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003607 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
3608 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand()))
3609 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003610 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003611 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003612 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3613 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3614
3615 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003616 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3617 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3618
3619 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3620 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3621 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3622 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3623 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3624 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3625 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3626 return false;
3627 }
3628 return true;
3629 };
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003630 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI)) {
3631 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003632 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003633 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003634
3635 Loads.push_back(LI);
Chandler Carruthd94a5962016-03-10 14:16:18 +00003636 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3637 if (S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3638 // Skip stores *of* pointers. FIXME: This shouldn't even be possible!
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003639 continue;
3640 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3641 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3642 continue;
3643 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003644
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003645 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003646 } else {
3647 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3648 continue;
3649 }
3650
3651 // Record the initial split.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003652 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003653 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3654 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3655 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3656 Offsets.S = &S;
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003657 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003658 }
3659
3660 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3661 // we're going to pre-split.
3662 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3663 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3664 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3665 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3666 continue;
3667 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3668
3669 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3670 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3671 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003672 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() ==
3673 P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003674 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3675
3676 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3677 // of the slice dictates that.
3678 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003679 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003680 }
3681 }
3682
3683 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3684 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3685 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3686 // any rewriting.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003687 Stores.erase(
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003688 llvm::remove_if(Stores,
3689 [&UnsplittableLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
3690 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3691 // offsets.
3692 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3693 // If it was completely unsplittable, then we're done,
3694 // and this store can't be pre-split.
3695 if (UnsplittableLoads.count(LI))
3696 return true;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003697
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003698 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3699 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3700 return false; // Unrelated loads are definitely safe.
3701 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003702
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003703 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3704 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003705
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003706 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3707 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3708 // don't need to remove them here.
3709 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3710 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003711
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003712 LLVM_DEBUG(
3713 dbgs()
3714 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3715 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3716 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003717
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003718 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3719 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3720 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3721 // candidates.
3722 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
3723 return true;
3724 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003725 Stores.end());
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003726 // Now we have to go *back* through all the stores, because a later store may
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003727 // have caused an earlier store's load to become unsplittable and if it is
3728 // unsplittable for the later store, then we can't rely on it being split in
3729 // the earlier store either.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003730 Stores.erase(llvm::remove_if(Stores,
3731 [&UnsplittableLoads](StoreInst *SI) {
3732 auto *LI =
3733 cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3734 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
3735 }),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003736 Stores.end());
3737 // Once we've established all the loads that can't be split for some reason,
3738 // filter any that made it into our list out.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00003739 Loads.erase(llvm::remove_if(Loads,
3740 [&UnsplittableLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3741 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
3742 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003743 Loads.end());
3744
3745 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3746 // this alloca.
3747 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3748 return false;
3749
3750 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3751 // an IR builder.
3752 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3753
3754 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3755 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3756
3757 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3758 // on them.
3759 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3760
3761 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3762 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3763 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3764 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3765 //
3766 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3767 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3768 // them to the alloca slices.
3769 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3770 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003771 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003772 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3773 SplitLoads.clear();
3774
3775 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3776 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3777 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3778
3779 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3780 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3781 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3782 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3783 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3784 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3785
3786 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003787 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003788
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003789 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003790
3791 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3792 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3793 for (;;) {
3794 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
Yaxun Liu7c44f342017-06-27 18:26:06 +00003795 auto AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
3796 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(AS);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003797 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003798 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, BasePtr,
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00003799 APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003800 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003801 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003802 LI->getName());
Michael Kruse978ba612018-12-20 04:58:07 +00003803 PLoad->copyMetadata(*LI, {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access,
3804 LLVMContext::MD_access_group});
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003805
3806 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3807 // to rewrite the stores.
3808 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3809
3810 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003811 NewSlices.push_back(
3812 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3813 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003814 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003815 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3816 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset()
3817 << "): " << *PLoad << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003818
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003819 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3820 if (Idx >= Size)
3821 break;
3822
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003823 // Setup the next partition.
3824 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3825 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003826 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3827 }
3828
3829 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3830 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3831 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3832 bool DeferredStores = false;
3833 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3834 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3835 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3836 DeferredStores = true;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003837 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI
3838 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003839 continue;
3840 }
3841
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003842 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003843 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003844
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003845 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003846
3847 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3848 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3849 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003850 auto *PartPtrTy =
3851 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003852
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003853 auto AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003854 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003855 PLoad,
3856 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00003857 APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset),
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003858 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003859 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Michael Kruse978ba612018-12-20 04:58:07 +00003860 PStore->copyMetadata(*LI, {LLVMContext::MD_mem_parallel_loop_access,
3861 LLVMContext::MD_access_group});
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003862 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003863 }
3864
3865 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3866 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3867 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3868 // promotable.
3869 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3870 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3871 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3872 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3873 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3874 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3875 }
3876
3877 // Mark the original store as dead.
3878 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3879 }
3880
3881 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3882 if (DeferredStores)
3883 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3884
3885 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3886 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3887 Offsets.S->kill();
3888 }
3889
3890 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3891 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3892 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3893 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3894 // them.
3895 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3896 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3897 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3898 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3899 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3900
3901 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3902 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3903 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3904 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3905 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3906 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3907
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003908 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003909 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3910
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003911 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003912
3913 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3914 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3915 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3916 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3917 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3918 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3919 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3920 } else {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003921 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003922 }
3923
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003924 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3925 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3926 for (;;) {
3927 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
Keno Fischer514a6a52017-06-02 19:04:17 +00003928 auto *LoadPartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3929 auto *StorePartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003930
3931 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3932 LoadInst *PLoad;
3933 if (SplitLoads) {
3934 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3935 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003936 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003937 auto AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003938 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003939 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, LoadBasePtr,
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00003940 APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset),
Keno Fischer514a6a52017-06-02 19:04:17 +00003941 LoadPartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003942 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003943 LI->getName());
3944 }
3945
3946 // And store this partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003947 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003948 auto AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003949 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003950 PLoad,
3951 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00003952 APInt(DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS), PartOffset),
Yaxun Liu6455b0d2017-06-09 20:46:29 +00003953 StorePartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003954 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003955
3956 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3957 NewSlices.push_back(
3958 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3959 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003960 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003961 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3962 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset()
3963 << "): " << *PStore << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003964 if (!SplitLoads) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003965 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003966 }
3967
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003968 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3969 if (Idx >= Size)
3970 break;
3971
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003972 // Setup the next partition.
3973 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3974 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003975 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3976 }
3977
3978 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3979 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3980 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3981 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3982 // promoted.
3983 if (!SplitLoads) {
3984 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3985 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3986 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3987 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3988 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3989 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3990 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3991 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3992 }
3993 }
3994
3995 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003996 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003997 // was its only use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003998 // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce
3999 // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer
4000 // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more
4001 // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully
4002 // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any
4003 // trivial CSE, including instcombine.
4004 if (LI->hasOneUse()) {
4005 assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!");
4006 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
4007 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004008 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
4009 Offsets.S->kill();
4010 }
4011
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004012 // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split.
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00004013 AS.erase(llvm::remove_if(AS, [](const Slice &S) { return S.isDead(); }),
4014 AS.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004015
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004016 // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted
4017 // sequence.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004018 AS.insert(NewSlices);
4019
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004020 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004021#ifndef NDEBUG
4022 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004023 LLVM_DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004024#endif
4025
4026 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
4027 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
4028 PromotableAllocas.erase(
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00004029 llvm::remove_if(
David Majnemerc7004902016-08-12 04:32:37 +00004030 PromotableAllocas,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004031 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
4032 PromotableAllocas.end());
4033
4034 return true;
4035}
4036
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004037/// Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004038///
4039/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
4040/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
4041/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
4042/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
4043/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
4044/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
4045/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
4046/// promoted.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004047AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004048 Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004049 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
4050 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
4051 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004052 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004053 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004054 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004055 if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004056 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
4057 if (!SliceTy)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004058 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004059 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004060 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
4061 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
4062 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004063 DL.isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004064 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004065 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004066 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004067 assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004068
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004069 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004070
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00004071 VectorType *VecTy =
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004072 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00004073 if (VecTy)
4074 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004075
4076 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
4077 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
4078 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00004079 // perform phi and select speculation.
Hiroshi Inoue99a8faa2018-01-16 06:23:05 +00004080 // P.beginOffset() can be non-zero even with the same type in a case with
4081 // out-of-bounds access (e.g. @PR35657 function in SROA/basictest.ll).
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004082 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Hiroshi Inoue99a8faa2018-01-16 06:23:05 +00004083 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType() && P.beginOffset() == 0) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004084 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004085 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
4086 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004087 // FIXME: return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004088 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004089 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
4090 if (!Alignment) {
4091 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
4092 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
4093 // type.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004094 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004095 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004096 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004097 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
4098 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004099 if (Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00004100 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004101 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
Matt Arsenault3c1fc762017-04-10 22:27:50 +00004102 SliceTy, AI.getType()->getAddressSpace(), nullptr, Alignment,
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004103 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Anastasis Grammenos425df222018-06-28 18:58:30 +00004104 // Copy the old AI debug location over to the new one.
4105 NewAI->setDebugLoc(AI.getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004106 ++NumNewAllocas;
4107 }
4108
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004109 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
4110 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
4111 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004112
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004113 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004114 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
4115 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004116 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004117 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Davide Italiano81a26da2017-04-27 23:09:01 +00004118 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
4119 SmallSetVector<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004120
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004121 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004122 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
4123 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004124 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00004125 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004126 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004127 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004128 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004129 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004130 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004131 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004132 }
4133
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004134 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
Craig Topper8a950272017-05-18 00:51:39 +00004135 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition.updateMax(NumUses);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004136
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004137 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
4138 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
Davide Italiano81a26da2017-04-27 23:09:01 +00004139 for (PHINode *PHI : PHIUsers)
4140 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(*PHI)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004141 Promotable = false;
4142 PHIUsers.clear();
4143 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004144 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004145 }
Davide Italiano81a26da2017-04-27 23:09:01 +00004146
4147 for (SelectInst *Sel : SelectUsers)
4148 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(*Sel)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004149 Promotable = false;
4150 PHIUsers.clear();
4151 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00004152 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004153 }
4154
4155 if (Promotable) {
4156 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
4157 // Promote the alloca.
4158 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
4159 } else {
4160 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
4161 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
4162 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00004163 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
4164 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
4165 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
4166 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004167 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
4168 }
4169 } else {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00004170 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004171 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
4172 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
David Majnemer30ffc4c2016-04-26 01:05:00 +00004173
4174 // We couldn't promote and we didn't create a new partition, nothing
4175 // happened.
4176 if (NewAI == &AI)
4177 return nullptr;
4178
4179 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
4180 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
4181 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
4182 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004183 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004184
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004185 return NewAI;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004186}
4187
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004188/// Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004189/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004190bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
4191 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004192 return false;
4193
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004194 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004195 bool Changed = false;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004196 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004197
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004198 // First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004199 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
4200
Hiroshi Inoue48e4c7a2017-12-01 06:05:05 +00004201 // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities,
4202 // mark loads and stores unsplittable except for the following case.
4203 // We leave a slice splittable if all other slices are disjoint or fully
4204 // included in the slice, such as whole-alloca loads and stores.
4205 // If we fail to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them
4206 // to be rewritten into a partition.
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004207 bool IsSorted = true;
Hiroshi Inoue48e4c7a2017-12-01 06:05:05 +00004208
4209 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType());
4210 const uint64_t MaxBitVectorSize = 1024;
Hiroshi Inoue99a8faa2018-01-16 06:23:05 +00004211 if (AllocaSize <= MaxBitVectorSize) {
Hiroshi Inoue48e4c7a2017-12-01 06:05:05 +00004212 // If a byte boundary is included in any load or store, a slice starting or
4213 // ending at the boundary is not splittable.
4214 SmallBitVector SplittableOffset(AllocaSize + 1, true);
4215 for (Slice &S : AS)
4216 for (unsigned O = S.beginOffset() + 1;
4217 O < S.endOffset() && O < AllocaSize; O++)
4218 SplittableOffset.reset(O);
4219
4220 for (Slice &S : AS) {
4221 if (!S.isSplittable())
4222 continue;
4223
4224 if ((S.beginOffset() > AllocaSize || SplittableOffset[S.beginOffset()]) &&
4225 (S.endOffset() > AllocaSize || SplittableOffset[S.endOffset()]))
4226 continue;
4227
4228 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
4229 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
4230 S.makeUnsplittable();
4231 IsSorted = false;
4232 }
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004233 }
4234 }
Hiroshi Inoue48e4c7a2017-12-01 06:05:05 +00004235 else {
4236 // We only allow whole-alloca splittable loads and stores
4237 // for a large alloca to avoid creating too large BitVector.
4238 for (Slice &S : AS) {
4239 if (!S.isSplittable())
4240 continue;
4241
4242 if (S.beginOffset() == 0 && S.endOffset() >= AllocaSize)
4243 continue;
4244
4245 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
4246 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
4247 S.makeUnsplittable();
4248 IsSorted = false;
4249 }
4250 }
4251 }
4252
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004253 if (!IsSorted)
Fangrui Song0cac7262018-09-27 02:13:45 +00004254 llvm::sort(AS);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00004255
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004256 /// Describes the allocas introduced by rewritePartition in order to migrate
4257 /// the debug info.
4258 struct Fragment {
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004259 AllocaInst *Alloca;
4260 uint64_t Offset;
4261 uint64_t Size;
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004262 Fragment(AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t O, uint64_t S)
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004263 : Alloca(AI), Offset(O), Size(S) {}
4264 };
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004265 SmallVector<Fragment, 4> Fragments;
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004266
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004267 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004268 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004269 if (AllocaInst *NewAI = rewritePartition(AI, AS, P)) {
4270 Changed = true;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004271 if (NewAI != &AI) {
4272 uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004273 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004274 // Don't include any padding.
4275 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocaSize, P.size() * SizeOfByte);
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004276 Fragments.push_back(Fragment(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size));
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004277 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004278 }
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004279 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004280 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004281
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004282 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
Craig Topper8a950272017-05-18 00:51:39 +00004283 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca.updateMax(NumPartitions);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004284
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004285 // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s)
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00004286 // and the individual partitions.
Hsiangkai Wangef72e482018-08-06 03:59:47 +00004287 TinyPtrVector<DbgVariableIntrinsic *> DbgDeclares = FindDbgAddrUses(&AI);
Reid Kleckner0fe506b2017-09-21 19:52:03 +00004288 if (!DbgDeclares.empty()) {
4289 auto *Var = DbgDeclares.front()->getVariable();
4290 auto *Expr = DbgDeclares.front()->getExpression();
Adrian Prantld7f6f162017-11-28 00:57:53 +00004291 auto VarSize = Var->getSizeInBits();
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00004292 DIBuilder DIB(*AI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004293 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AI.getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004294 for (auto Fragment : Fragments) {
4295 // Create a fragment expression describing the new partition or reuse AI's
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004296 // expression if there is only one partition.
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004297 auto *FragmentExpr = Expr;
4298 if (Fragment.Size < AllocaSize || Expr->isFragment()) {
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004299 // If this alloca is already a scalar replacement of a larger aggregate,
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004300 // Fragment.Offset describes the offset inside the scalar.
Adrian Prantl49797ca2016-12-22 05:27:12 +00004301 auto ExprFragment = Expr->getFragmentInfo();
4302 uint64_t Offset = ExprFragment ? ExprFragment->OffsetInBits : 0;
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004303 uint64_t Start = Offset + Fragment.Offset;
4304 uint64_t Size = Fragment.Size;
Adrian Prantl49797ca2016-12-22 05:27:12 +00004305 if (ExprFragment) {
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004306 uint64_t AbsEnd =
NAKAMURA Takumia1e97a72017-08-28 06:47:47 +00004307 ExprFragment->OffsetInBits + ExprFragment->SizeInBits;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004308 if (Start >= AbsEnd)
4309 // No need to describe a SROAed padding.
4310 continue;
4311 Size = std::min(Size, AbsEnd - Start);
4312 }
Adrian Prantlb192b542017-08-30 20:04:17 +00004313 // The new, smaller fragment is stenciled out from the old fragment.
4314 if (auto OrigFragment = FragmentExpr->getFragmentInfo()) {
4315 assert(Start >= OrigFragment->OffsetInBits &&
4316 "new fragment is outside of original fragment");
4317 Start -= OrigFragment->OffsetInBits;
4318 }
Adrian Prantl77d90b02017-11-28 21:30:38 +00004319
4320 // The alloca may be larger than the variable.
4321 if (VarSize) {
4322 if (Size > *VarSize)
4323 Size = *VarSize;
4324 if (Size == 0 || Start + Size > *VarSize)
4325 continue;
4326 }
4327
Adrian Prantld7f6f162017-11-28 00:57:53 +00004328 // Avoid creating a fragment expression that covers the entire variable.
4329 if (!VarSize || *VarSize != Size) {
4330 if (auto E =
4331 DIExpression::createFragmentExpression(Expr, Start, Size))
4332 FragmentExpr = *E;
4333 else
4334 continue;
4335 }
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004336 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004337
Reid Kleckner0fe506b2017-09-21 19:52:03 +00004338 // Remove any existing intrinsics describing the same alloca.
Hsiangkai Wangef72e482018-08-06 03:59:47 +00004339 for (DbgVariableIntrinsic *OldDII : FindDbgAddrUses(Fragment.Alloca))
Reid Kleckner0fe506b2017-09-21 19:52:03 +00004340 OldDII->eraseFromParent();
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004341
Adrian Prantl941fa752016-12-05 18:04:47 +00004342 DIB.insertDeclare(Fragment.Alloca, Var, FragmentExpr,
Reid Kleckner0fe506b2017-09-21 19:52:03 +00004343 DbgDeclares.front()->getDebugLoc(), &AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004344 }
4345 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004346 return Changed;
4347}
4348
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004349/// Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004350void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4351 Value *OldV = U;
4352 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4353 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4354
4355 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4356 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4357 // minimal.
4358 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4359 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4360 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4361 }
4362}
4363
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004364/// Analyze an alloca for SROA.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004365///
4366/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004367/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004368/// rewritten as needed.
4369bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004370 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004371 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4372
4373 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4374 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4375 AI.eraseFromParent();
4376 return true;
4377 }
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004378 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004379
4380 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4381 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004382 DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004383 return false;
4384
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004385 bool Changed = false;
4386
4387 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4388 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Tim Northover856628f2018-12-18 09:29:39 +00004389 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter(DL);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004390 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4391
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004392 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004393 AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004394 LLVM_DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004395 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004396 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004397
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004398 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004399 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004400 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004401 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004402 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004403
4404 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004405 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004406
4407 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004408 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004409 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004410 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004411 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004412 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004413 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004414 }
4415
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004416 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004417 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004418 return Changed;
4419
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004420 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004421
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004422 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004423 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4424 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4425
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004426 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004427 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4428 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4429
4430 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004431}
4432
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004433/// Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004434///
4435/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4436/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4437/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4438/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4439///
4440/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4441/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Teresa Johnson33090022017-11-20 18:33:38 +00004442bool SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004443 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Teresa Johnson33090022017-11-20 18:33:38 +00004444 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004445 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4446 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004447 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004448
Reid Kleckner0fe506b2017-09-21 19:52:03 +00004449 // If the instruction is an alloca, find the possible dbg.declare connected
4450 // to it, and remove it too. We must do this before calling RAUW or we will
4451 // not be able to find it.
4452 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I)) {
4453 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
Hsiangkai Wangef72e482018-08-06 03:59:47 +00004454 for (DbgVariableIntrinsic *OldDII : FindDbgAddrUses(AI))
Reid Kleckner0fe506b2017-09-21 19:52:03 +00004455 OldDII->eraseFromParent();
4456 }
4457
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004458 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4459
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004460 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4461 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004462 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004463 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004464 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004465 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004466 }
4467
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004468 ++NumDeleted;
4469 I->eraseFromParent();
Teresa Johnson33090022017-11-20 18:33:38 +00004470 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004471 }
Teresa Johnson33090022017-11-20 18:33:38 +00004472 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004473}
4474
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004475/// Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004476///
4477/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4478/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004479/// This function returns whether any promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004480bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4481 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4482 return false;
4483
4484 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4485
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004486 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
Davide Italiano612d5a92017-04-09 20:47:14 +00004487 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, AC);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004488 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4489 return true;
4490}
4491
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004492PreservedAnalyses SROA::runImpl(Function &F, DominatorTree &RunDT,
4493 AssumptionCache &RunAC) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004494 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004495 C = &F.getContext();
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004496 DT = &RunDT;
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004497 AC = &RunAC;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004498
4499 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004500 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004501 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004502 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4503 Worklist.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004504 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004505
4506 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004507 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4508 // the list of promotable allocas.
4509 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4510
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004511 do {
4512 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4513 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
Teresa Johnson33090022017-11-20 18:33:38 +00004514 Changed |= deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004515
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004516 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4517 // continue processing them.
4518 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004519 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004520 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4521 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00004522 PromotableAllocas.erase(llvm::remove_if(PromotableAllocas, IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004523 PromotableAllocas.end());
4524 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4525 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004526 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004527
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004528 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4529
4530 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4531 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4532 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004533
Davide Italiano16e96d42016-06-07 13:21:17 +00004534 if (!Changed)
4535 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
4536
Davide Italiano16e96d42016-06-07 13:21:17 +00004537 PreservedAnalyses PA;
Chandler Carruthca68a3e2017-01-15 06:32:49 +00004538 PA.preserveSet<CFGAnalyses>();
Davide Italiano16e96d42016-06-07 13:21:17 +00004539 PA.preserve<GlobalsAA>();
4540 return PA;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004541}
4542
Sean Silva36e0d012016-08-09 00:28:15 +00004543PreservedAnalyses SROA::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004544 return runImpl(F, AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
4545 AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004546}
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004547
4548/// A legacy pass for the legacy pass manager that wraps the \c SROA pass.
4549///
4550/// This is in the llvm namespace purely to allow it to be a friend of the \c
4551/// SROA pass.
4552class llvm::sroa::SROALegacyPass : public FunctionPass {
4553 /// The SROA implementation.
4554 SROA Impl;
4555
4556public:
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00004557 static char ID;
4558
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004559 SROALegacyPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
4560 initializeSROALegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
4561 }
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00004562
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004563 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +00004564 if (skipFunction(F))
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004565 return false;
4566
4567 auto PA = Impl.runImpl(
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004568 F, getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
4569 getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F));
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004570 return !PA.areAllPreserved();
4571 }
Eugene Zelenko75075ef2017-09-01 21:37:29 +00004572
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004573 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004574 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004575 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
4576 AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>();
4577 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4578 }
4579
Mehdi Amini117296c2016-10-01 02:56:57 +00004580 StringRef getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004581};
4582
4583char SROALegacyPass::ID = 0;
4584
4585FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass() { return new SROALegacyPass(); }
4586
4587INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROALegacyPass, "sroa",
4588 "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false, false)
Daniel Jasperaec2fa32016-12-19 08:22:17 +00004589INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004590INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
4591INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROALegacyPass, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates",
4592 false, false)